-
1 vь̀rxъ
vь̀rxъ Grammatical information: m. u Accent paradigm: b Proto-Slavic meaning: `top, upper part'Old Church Slavic:Russian:Belorussian:Ukrainian:Czech:vŕch (dial.) `top, upper part' [m o]Slovak:Polish:Slovincian:vjė́řẋ `top, upper part' [m o]Serbo-Croatian:vȓh `top, upper part' [m o], vr̀ha [Gens];Čak. vȑh (Vrgada, Novi) `top, upper part' [m o], vrhȁ [Gens];Čak. vȑh (Orbanići) `top, tip, point (of a plant, a needle etc.), mountain' [m o], vrhȁ [Gens]Slovene:vȓh `top, upper part' [m o], vȓha [Gens], vrhȃ [Gens]Bulgarian:vrăx `top, tip' [m o]Proto-Balto-Slavic reconstruction: u̯irṣu(s)Lithuanian:viršùs `top, addition, victory, cover' [m u] 4;vir̃šus `top, addition, victory, cover' [m u] 2Latvian:vìrsus `upper part, top' [m u]Indo-European reconstruction: ur-s-u-Notes:\{1\} AP (b) in Old Russian (Zaliznjak 1985: 134). -
2 ризоположение
Christianity: deposition of the robe (as part of church names) -
3 клирос
-
4 absidiale
smaller apse (flanking larger one); (arched/domed part of church) -
5 absidiola
smaller apse (flanking larger one); (arched/domed part of church) -
6 wprost
Ⅰ part. 1. (bezpośrednio) directly, straight- przywieziono ich do hotelu wprost z lotniska they were taken to the hotel directly a. staight from the airport- jadła zupę wprost z garnka she was eating soup straight from the pot- jabłka kupujemy wprost od producenta we buy apples straight from the producer- dowód nie wprost Mat. indirect proof- wprost proporcjonalny do czegoś directly proportional to sth2. (w linii prostej) straight- iść/patrzeć wprost przed siebie to walk/look straight ahead- kiedy wejdziesz na drugie piętro, zapukaj do drzwi na wprost when you get to the second floor, knock on the door straight in front of you- samochód jechał wprost na nas the car was coming straight at us a. heading straight towards us- na wprost kogoś/czegoś directly opposite sb/sth- łazienka jest na wprost drzwi wejściowych the bathroom is directly opposite the main door- siedziała na wprost mnie she was sitting directly opposite me3. (wręcz) simply; (pejoratywne) downright- wprost szalała z radości she was simply beside herself with joy- nie wierzę wprost własnym oczom I just can’t believe my eyes- takie postępowanie było wprost głupotą such conduct was downright stupidity- wprost przeciwnie just the opposite, on the contrary- jestem wprost przeciwnego zdania my opinion is quite the oppositeⅡ adv. (otwarcie) straight, frankly- powiedziałem mu wprost, co o nim sądzę I told him straight (out) a. point-blank what I thought of him pot.- na żadne pytanie nie odpowiedziała wprost she didn’t give a straight(forward) a. direct answer to any of the questions pot.- nikt nie zaprzeczył temu wprost no one made an outright denial* * *1. advdirectly; (powiedzieć, spytać) outright, point-blank2. partwprost proporcjonalny do wprost — +gen directly proportional to
* * *adv.1. (= prosto) straight ahead, straight on; iść wprost przed siebie go straight ahead l. on; patrzeć na wprost look straight ahead; wprost proporcjonalny mat. directly proportional.2. (= bezpośrednio) directly; mleko wprost od krowy milk directly from the cow; zwrócić się wprost do prezesa speak directly to the president.3. (= otwarcie) frankly, openly; (= bez ogródek) outright, point-blank; mówić wprost, o co chodzi speak one's mind frankly l. openly.4. (= naprzeciw) directly opposite; siedzieć na wprost okna sit directly opposite the window.particle(= wręcz) simply; to wprost niemożliwe this is simply impossible; wprost przeciwnie just the opposite.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > wprost
-
7 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
8 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
9 Gottesdienst
* * *der Gottesdienstworship service; church service; mass; divine service; service* * *Gọt|tes|dienstm1) (= Gottesverehrung) worshipzum Gottesdienst gehen — to go to church
* * *(a regular meeting for worship, or a religious ceremony (in church): He attends a church service every Sunday.) service* * *Got·tes·dienstm REL [church] servicezum \Gottesdienst gehen to go to church* * *der service* * *Gottesdienst m (church) service;am Gottesdienst teilnehmen take part in the service; weitS. go to church* * *der service* * *m.church service n.divine service n.service n. -
10 ir
v.1 to go.ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinemair en autobús/coche to go by bus/carir andando to go on foot, to walk¡vamos! let's go!2 to be gradually.ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing somethingva anocheciendo it's getting dark3 to go.le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new jobsu negocio va mal his business is going badly¿cómo te va? how are you doing?4 to go.estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers5 to go, to belong.esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there6 to go, to leave (marcharse).irse a to go to¡vete! go away!El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.7 to go (to search).ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)8 to go (to consume, to disappear).se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut9 to be going (intención).ir a hacer algo to be going to do somethingte voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you10 to get (to change).ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse11 to work.la manivela va floja the crank is loosela televisión no va the television isn't working12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody13 to suit (clothes).irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebodyesta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers14 to do (tratamiento).irle bien a alguien to do somebody good15 to like, to care.no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other16 to attend.Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.17 to be doing, to make out.Me va bien I am doing well.18 to keep on, to keep.Ir caminando Keep on walking.19 to go for.Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me20 to match.Estas medias van These socks match.* * *IRPresent IndicativeImperfect SubjunctivePast IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to go2) get on3) extend•- ir a- ir a pie
- irse* * *Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=marchar)a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?
¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?
esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca
ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously
¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!
¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?
b) [indicando la forma de transporte]•
ir [andando] — to walk, go on foottuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot
¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?
•
ir en [avión] — to fly•
ir en [bicicleta] — to ride•
ir a [caballo] — to ride•
fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove•
ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot•
fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} railc) [con complemento]iban muertos de risa por la calle — they were killing themselves laughing as they went down the street
d)• ir (a) [por] — to go and get
voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor
voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him
solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money
2) [indicando proceso]a) [persona]¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?
el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better
b) [acción, obra] to go¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?
¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?
¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?
todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well
los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better
c)• ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?
3) [indicando manera, posición]4) (=extenderse) to go, stretchla pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea
•
[en lo que] va de año — so far this yearen lo que va de semana hemos recibido cientos de llamadas — we've had hundreds of calls so far this week
5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!
de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2
6) [indicando acumulación]7) [en apuestas]¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?
8) (=vestir)¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?
etiqueta 2)iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red
9)irle a algn —
a) [indicando importancia]b) [indicando situación]¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?
¡que te vaya bien! — take care!
c) (=sentar) to suit¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?
d) * (=gustar)le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul
10) [seguido de preposición]ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with ir de¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?
no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about
va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time
ir para¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *
va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40
ir por [indicando intención]va para cinco años que entré en la Universidad — it's getting on for five years since I started University
eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you
ir tras to go after¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
11) [otras locuciones]•
[a lo que] iba — as I was saying•
ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems•
[¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"-¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"
•
si vamos a [eso] — for that matterpues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at
•
es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate•
ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse•
ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One•
ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and goingllevo todo el día yendo y viniendo de un lado al otro de la ciudad — I've spent all day going from one end of town to the other
cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before
•
ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not cominglejos 1., 1)fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *
12) [exclamaciones]¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?
¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *
¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!
¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!
¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *
¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!
vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult
una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman
¡qué va!es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is
-¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"
¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!
2.VERBO AUXILIARir a ({+ infin}) to govamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it
tras muchas vueltas fuimos a dar con la calle Serrano — after driving round for ages we eventually found Serrano Street
¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?
¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!
¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?
¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *
ir ({+ gerund})•
no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?
¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!
id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with
ir ({+ participio})voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...
3.See:* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to goiban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot
Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!
voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)
¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?
¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?
ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting
¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?
a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that
¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)
¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?
¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!
ir a por alguien — (Esp)
ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do
b) ( asistir) to go toya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university
2) ( expresando propósito)ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I
3)irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher
4)a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!
tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!
b) (Jueg)ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000
ahí va! — (Esp fam)
ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)
5) comentarioeso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you
6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake
7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?
¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?
9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green
10) ( en calidad de)¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever
11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?
12) camino/sendero ( llevar)ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something
13) (extenderse, abarcar)el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
14) (marchar, desarrollarse)¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?
va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)
¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?
me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview
que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!
¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?
15) (en juegos, competiciones)¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1
voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning
16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?
17) ( estar en camino)ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
18) (sumar, hacer)con éste van seis — six, counting this one
19) ( haber transcurrido)en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month
20) ( haber diferencia)lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)
21) (CS) (depender, radicar)22)a) ( deber colocarse) to go¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?
qué va! — (fam)
¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!
¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!
b) ( deber escribirse)¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?
¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?
c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)23)a) ( combinar)b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)c)24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody
26) vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him
vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!
dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something
desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go
c) (al aclarar, resumir)eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy
es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway
27) vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)c) (al aclarar, resumir)2.vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
ir v aux1)ir a + inf —
2)a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + infva a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?
bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work
3)a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains
b) ( expresando un deseo)¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?
¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
5) ( expresando incredulidad)6)¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?
b) ( al contradecir)¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?
¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?
3.ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse v pron1) ( marcharse) to leave¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?
bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off
se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away
anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)
no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)
2) (consumirse, gastarse)cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)
3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to gose ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?
4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down
5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back
7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful
8)a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go outb) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run* * *= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.----* algo va mal = something is amiss.* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el no va más = the be all and end all.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* ir acompañado de = come with.* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.* ir a la baja = be down.* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.* ir a la escuela = go to + school.* ir a la guerra = go to + war.* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.* ir al centro = go + downtown.* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.* ir al pub = go to + the pub.* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.* ir a pie = leg it.* ir a por = go for.* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir con = go with, come with.* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.* ir de acampada = camp.* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.* ir de compras = go + shopping.* ir de copas = go for + a drink.* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.* ir de excursión = hike.* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* ir delante = lead + the way.* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.* ir de putas = whoring.* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.* ir en = ride.* ir en aumento = be on the increase.* ir en bici = bike.* ir en bicicleta = cycle.* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .* ir en moto = bike.* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.* ir entre = go between.* ir hacia = head for.* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.* ir hacia delante = page + forward.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.* irle a Uno = make out.* ir mal = go + wrong.* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir marcha atrás = back up.* ir más allá = go + one stage further.* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.* ir pegado a = hug.* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir primero = lead + the way.* ir rápido = fly.* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.* irse a la cama = retire + at night.* irse a la mierda = naff off.* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.* irse al cuerno = naff off.* irse al diablo = naff off.* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.* irse a paseo = naff off.* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.* irse de casa = leave + home.* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.* irse de vacaciones = vacation.* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* irse para siempre = go + forever.* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir todo bien = be fine.* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.* ir y venir = come and go.* ir zumbando = whiz.* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* partido de ida = away game.* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* ser hora de irse = be time to go.* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* si vamos a eso = for that matter.* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.* va a = gonna [going to].* vete a la mierda = fuck off.* véte al carajo = drop dead!.* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to goiban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot
Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!
voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)
¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?
¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?
ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting
¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?
a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that
¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)
¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?
¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!
ir a por alguien — (Esp)
ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do
b) ( asistir) to go toya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university
2) ( expresando propósito)ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I
3)irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher
4)a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!
tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!
b) (Jueg)ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000
ahí va! — (Esp fam)
ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)
5) comentarioeso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you
6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake
7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?
¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?
9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green
10) ( en calidad de)¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever
11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?
12) camino/sendero ( llevar)ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something
13) (extenderse, abarcar)el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
14) (marchar, desarrollarse)¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?
va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)
¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?
me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview
que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!
¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?
15) (en juegos, competiciones)¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1
voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning
16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?
17) ( estar en camino)ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
18) (sumar, hacer)con éste van seis — six, counting this one
19) ( haber transcurrido)en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month
20) ( haber diferencia)lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)
21) (CS) (depender, radicar)22)a) ( deber colocarse) to go¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?
qué va! — (fam)
¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!
¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!
b) ( deber escribirse)¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?
¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?
c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)23)a) ( combinar)b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)c)24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody
26) vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him
vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!
dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something
desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go
c) (al aclarar, resumir)eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy
es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway
27) vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)c) (al aclarar, resumir)2.vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
ir v aux1)ir a + inf —
2)a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + infva a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?
bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work
3)a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains
b) ( expresando un deseo)¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?
¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
5) ( expresando incredulidad)6)¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?
b) ( al contradecir)¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?
¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?
3.ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse v pron1) ( marcharse) to leave¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?
bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off
se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away
anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)
no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)
2) (consumirse, gastarse)cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)
3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to gose ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?
4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down
5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back
7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful
8)a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go outb) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run* * *= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.
Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.* algo va mal = something is amiss.* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el no va más = the be all and end all.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* ir acompañado de = come with.* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.* ir a la baja = be down.* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.* ir a la escuela = go to + school.* ir a la guerra = go to + war.* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.* ir al centro = go + downtown.* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.* ir al pub = go to + the pub.* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.* ir a pie = leg it.* ir a por = go for.* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir con = go with, come with.* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.* ir de acampada = camp.* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.* ir de compras = go + shopping.* ir de copas = go for + a drink.* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.* ir de excursión = hike.* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* ir delante = lead + the way.* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.* ir de putas = whoring.* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.* ir en = ride.* ir en aumento = be on the increase.* ir en bici = bike.* ir en bicicleta = cycle.* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.* ir en moto = bike.* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.* ir entre = go between.* ir hacia = head for.* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.* ir hacia delante = page + forward.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.* irle a Uno = make out.* ir mal = go + wrong.* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir marcha atrás = back up.* ir más allá = go + one stage further.* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.* ir pegado a = hug.* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir primero = lead + the way.* ir rápido = fly.* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.* irse a la cama = retire + at night.* irse a la mierda = naff off.* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.* irse al cuerno = naff off.* irse al diablo = naff off.* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.* irse a paseo = naff off.* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.* irse de casa = leave + home.* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.* irse de vacaciones = vacation.* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* irse para siempre = go + forever.* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir todo bien = be fine.* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.* ir y venir = come and go.* ir zumbando = whiz.* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* partido de ida = away game.* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* ser hora de irse = be time to go.* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* si vamos a eso = for that matter.* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.* va a = gonna [going to].* vete a la mierda = fuck off.* véte al carajo = drop dead!.* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).* * *ir [ I27 ]■ ir (verbo intransitivo)A trasladarse, desplazarseB expresando propósitoC irle a alguien con algoD1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse2 JuegosE con comentariosF estar en juegoG hablando de acciones imprevistasA ir + complementoB refiriéndose al atuendoC en calidad deD tratarA llevar aB extenderse, abarcarA marchar, desarrollarseB en juegos, competicionesC en el desarrollo de algoD estar en caminoE sumar, hacerF haber transcurridoG haber una diferenciaH depender, radicarA1 deber colocarse2 deber escribirse3 estar incluidoB1 combinar2 sentar, convenir3 ir en contra de algoC gustarD tomar partido por, apoyarA1 expresando incredulidad etc2 intentando tranquilizar, animar3 al aclarar, resumirB1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad2 para enfatizar3 al aclarar, resumir■ ir (verbo auxiliar)A1 para expresar tiempo futuro2 expresando intención, propósito3 en propuestas, sugerenciasB al prevenir, hacer recomendacionesC expresando inevitabilidadD expresando incredulidadE1 en afirmaciones enfáticas2 al contradecirSentido II expresando un proceso paulatino■ irse (verbo pronominal)A marcharseB consumirse, gastarseC desaparecer: mancha, dolorD salirse, escaparseE morirseF caerse, perder el equilibrioG andarse, actuarH1 en naipes2 en una asignaturaI las mediasviA (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on footir por mar to go by sea¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!¿quién va? who goes there?lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the roomel ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenueel ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guestsno he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything donevoy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)vamos a casa let's go home¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends classir de compras/de caza to go shopping/huntingya vamos para allá we're on our way¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal routeno vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longera eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bitir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñasir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother upten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after youel perro fue a por él the dog went for himir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalismno me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at allallí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans doB (expresando propósito) ir A + INF:¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?ve a ayudarla go and help herfue a ayudarla he went to help her¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?Cirle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problemsa la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with talesD1(al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!2 ( Juegos):ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000¡no va más! no more bets!David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)E«comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastilyten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means businessir POR algn:y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you tooF (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stakele va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the lineG ( fam)(hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched himy la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been paintedA (+ complemento)(sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seatpor lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting downel niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebarsiba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the streetvas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggarse notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraidel tren iba llenísimo the train was packeddéjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help youel ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the leadno vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistakehay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes openva de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to anotherB (refiriéndose al atuendo) ir DE algo:iban de largo they wore long dressesvoy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Draculaiba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing greenC (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sthyo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)D( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sthel camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beachB(extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencialo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissanceestados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargyA(marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?B(en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the leadya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000C (en el desarrollo de algo) ir POR algo:¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves nowD (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fiftyya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw himiba para médico he was going to be a doctorE(sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth oneya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten nowF(haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/monthG(haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sthno sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends oneso va en gustos that's a question of tasteA1 (deber colocarse) to go¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in factvamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time2(deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?¿va con acento? does it have an accent?3B1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sthesos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit youte irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good3ir en contra de algo to go against sthesto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principlesC( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me coldD ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sbmucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian teamA1(expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!2(intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth3(al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anywaypodrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to askvamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthyes mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anywayB vaya1(expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)2(para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!¿vaya día! what a day!¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!3(al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse■Sentido I ir A + INFA1(para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rateel barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set saildijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it overya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clockva a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each otheresto no te va a gustar you're not going to like thisno te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself outtenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget2(expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell himlo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or anotherme voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in Aprilvamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening3(en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matterbueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to workB(al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of herten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll falllleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rainsC(expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?D(expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?E1(en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?2(al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!Sentido II (expresando un proceso paulatino) ir + GER:poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by littlea medida que va subiendo el nivel del agua as the water level risesha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passedtú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onionsahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting readycomo te iba diciendo as I was sayingya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the ideala voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distantla situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse■ irseA(marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting lateel tren ya se ha ido the train's already gonese quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotlandse han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the squarevete a la cama go to bedse fue de casa she left homevete de aquí get out of herese ha ido de la empresa she's left the companyse han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away(+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in FloridaB(consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly(+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rentse nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to gose ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off(+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape(+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going downque no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil overtápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizzcuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet stillcreo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing himF (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/backme daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwardsfrenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwardsG (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactfulH1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out2I ( Col) «medias» to run* * *
ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
ir por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;
ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb ir v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;
tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;
1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;
va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;
voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;
¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;
va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;
¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sthb) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
1◊ vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;
¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!c) (al aclarar, resumir):◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2◊ vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;
¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!
ir v aux ir a + inf:
1a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;
va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;
bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;
vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;
se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
(+ me/te/le etc)◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?
4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down
5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;
me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
'ir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acudir
- andurriales
- ánimo
- antojarse
- avión
- avivar
- bajar
- bordear
- brazo
- busca
- caer
- calcular
- camino
- caza
- cien
- cine
- coche
- compra
- comprensible
- convenir
- correr
- corriente
- danzar
- deformación
- deriva
- descaminada
- descaminado
- descender
- desgracia
- deteriorarse
- disposición
- empecinada
- empecinado
- encaminada
- encaminado
- entrar
- excursión
- flojear
- funesta
- funesto
- gaita
- gatas
- grano
- gratis
- gustar
- haber
- huevo
- idea
- ilusión
English:
afford
- after
- ahead
- appealing
- back
- back up
- be
- beeline
- bluster
- bristle
- camping
- canter
- career
- catch
- charge off
- chase
- check off
- clean up after
- cling
- coast
- collapse
- come
- come to
- commute
- consider
- court
- cross
- cross-country
- crowd
- cycle
- cycling
- defensive
- delay
- dentist
- deserve
- detest
- die off
- dismiss
- do
- down
- downhill
- drag
- drift
- ease off
- ease up
- either
- even
- excursion
- exercise
- face
* * *ir♦ vi1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;ir en barco to go by boat;ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;Anticuado¿quién va? who goes there?;¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;Fam Fig¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;Fam Figles habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;(allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain3. [abarcar]la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westernsfui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;la manivela va floja the crank is loose;iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the leadvoy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests7. [vestir]ir con/en to wear;iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;ir de azul to be dressed in blue;ir de uniforme to be in uniform;iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;[en carrera, juego] who's winning?;vamos perdiendo we're losing;¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!9. [cambiar, encaminarse]ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;voy para viejo I'm getting old;esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rainedvamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house12. [corresponder] to go;estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?14. [escribirse]“Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;ir con algo to go with sth;esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirtesa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good17. [funcionar] to work;la televisión no va the television isn't working;estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow18. [depender]en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;CSur¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teachery eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of jokea mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?Esp Esp¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;Famfue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;Fam¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;Fam¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;[me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;Espser el no va más to be the ultimate;este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;RP Famdesde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;Fam¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday♦ v auxva anocheciendo it's getting dark;me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;como iba diciendo… as I was saying…2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;[en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!♦ vtMéxirle a to support;le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca* * *ir<part ido>I v/i1 go (a to);ir a pie walk, go on foot;ir en avión fly;ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;ir a por algo go and fetch sth;¡ya voy! I’m coming!;¿quién va? who goes there?2 ( vestir):iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform3:van dos a dos DEP the score is two all4 ( tratar):¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires5 ( agradar):el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other6 ( marchar, evolucionar) go;ir bien/mal go well/badly7 ( abarcar):va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 168:¡qué va! you must be joking!;¡vamos! come on!;¡vaya! well!;¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;a eso voy I’m just getting to that;eso va por ti también that goes for you tooII v/aux:va a llover it’s going to rain;va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer:ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;ir para viejo be getting old;ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark:ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed* * *ir {43} vi1) : to goir a pie: to go on foot, to walkir a caballo: to ride horsebackir a casa: to go home2) : to lead, to extend, to stretchel camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá3) funcionar: to work, to functionesta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore4) : to get on, to get along¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well5) : to suitese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you6)ir con : to beir con prisa: to be in a hurry7)ir por : to follow, to go alongfueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline8)dejarse ir : to let oneself go9)ir a parar : to end upvamos a ver : let's seeir v auxir caminando: to walk¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!2)ir a : to be going tovoy a hacerlo: I'm going to do itel avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off* * *ir vb¿adónde vas? where are you going?2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?3. (estar) to be4. (sentar bien) to suit5. (gustar) to like / to be into6. (convenir) to do7. (funcionar) to workir + gerundio¡vamos caminando! let's walk!ir con to go with / to match¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?ir tirando to get by / to managevamos tirando we get by / we're managing¡qué va! no way! / not at all!¡vamos a...! let's...!¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!¡vaya! well!¡ya voy! I'm coming! -
11 HÁLFR
a.1) half; hálfr mánaðr, half a month, fortnight; til hálfs by a half; hálfr annar, þriði, fjórði, &c., one, two, three and a half; hálft annat hundrað, one hundred and a half; hálfr þriði tøgr manna, twenty-five men;2) neut. ‘hálfu’, by half, with a comparative in an intensive sense, much, far; hálfu verri, far worse; hálfu meira, far more; hálfu siðr, far less.* * *adj., hálf (hlf), hálft, freq. spelt halbr, halb er öld hvar, Hm. 52; [Goth. halbs; A. S. healf; Engl. half; Hel. halba; Germ. halb; Dan. halv; Swed. half]:—half; hálfr mánuðr, half a month, a fortnight, Nj. 4; þar átti hann kyn hálft, Eg. 288; hálf stika, half a yard, Grág. i. 498; hálf Jól, the half of Yule, Fs. 151, passim: adverb. phrases, til hálfs, by a half, Eg. 258, 304; aukinn hálfu, increased by half, doubled, Grág. i. 157, Gþl. 24.2. with the notion of brief, scant, little; sjá hálf hýnótt, that little night, Skm. 42; hálf stund, a little while; eg skal ekki vera hálfa stund að því, i. e. I shall have done presently, in a moment; cp. hálb er öld hvar, only half, Hm. 52; með hálfum hleif, with half a loaf, a little loaf of bread, 51: an Icel. says to his guest, má eg bjóða þér í hálfum bolla, í hálfu staupi, hálfan munnbita, and the like.II. in counting Icel. say, hálfr annarr, half another, i. e. one and a half; h. þriði, half a third, i. e. two and a half; h. fjórði, three and a half; h. fimti, four and a half, etc.; thus, hálfan annan dag, one day and a half; hálft annað ár, hálfan annan mánuð, h. aðra nótt; hálf önnur stika, a yard and a half, Grág. i. 498; hálfa fimtu mörk, four marks and a half, 391; hálft annat hundrað, one hundred and a half, Sturl. i. 186; hálfr þriði tögr manna, two decades and a half, i. e. twenty-five, men, Ísl. ii. 387; hálfan fimta tög skipa, Hkr. iii. 374: similar are the compd adjectives hálf-þrítugr, aged twenty-five; hálf-fertugr, aged thirty-five; hálf-fimtugr, hálf-sextugr, -sjötugr, -áttræðr, -níræðr, -tíræðr, i. e. aged forty-five, fifty-five, sixty-five, seventy-five, eighty-five, ninety-five, and lastly, hálf-tólfræðr, one hundred and fifteen, Eg. 84, Fms. i. 148, Greg. 60, Stj. 639, Bs. i. 54, 101, Hkr. (pref.), Mar. 32, Íb. 18, Grett. 162, Fs. 160: also of measure, hálf-fertugr föðmum, Landn. (App.) 324, Fms. vii. 217; hálf-þrítugt tungl, a moon twenty-five days’ old, Rb. 26: contracted, hálf-fjórðu mörk, three marks and a half, Am. 63; hálf-fimtu mörk, four marks and a half, Jm. 36: as to this use, cp. the Germ. andert-halb, dritt-halb, viert-halb, etc., Gr. τρίτον ἡμιτάλαντον ( two talents and a half), Lat. sestertius.III. neut. hálfu with a comparative, in an intensive sense, far; hálfu verri, worse by half, far worse; hálfu meira, far more, Fms. vi. 201; hálfu heilli! Fb. i. 180; hálfu síðr, far less, Þórð. 41 new Ed., Fb. ii. 357; fremr hálfu, much farther ago, Hðm. 2; h. lengra, Bs. ii. 48; h. betri, better by half; h. hógligra, far snugger, Am. 66; hálfu sæmri, Fb. ii. 334.β. with neg. suff.; hálft-ki, not half; at hálft-ki má óstyrkð ór bera, Greg. 54.IV. a pr. name, rare, whence Hálfs-rekkr, m. pl. the champions of king Half, Fas.: Hálf-dan, m. Half-Dane, a pr. name, cp. Healf-Danes in Beowulf, Fms.B. The COMPDS are very numerous in adjectives, nouns, and participles, but fewer in verbs; we can record only a few, e. g. hálf-afglapi, a, m. half an idiot, Band. 4 new Ed. hálf-aukinn, part. increased by half, H. E. ii. 222. hálf-áttræðr, see above. hálf-bergrisi, a, m. half a giant, Eg. 23. hálf-berserkr, m. half a berserker, Sd. 129. hálf-björt, n. adj. half bright, dawning. hálf-blandinn, part. half blended, Stj. 85. hálf-blindr, adj. half blind. hálf-bolli, a, m. half a bowl (a measure), N. G. L. ii. 166. hálf-breiðr, adj. of half breadth, Jm. 2. hálf-brosandi, part. half smiling. hálf-bróðir, m. a half brother (on one side). hálf-brunninn, part. half burnt. hálf-bræðrungr, m. a half cousin, K. Á. 140. hálf-búinn, part. half done. hálf-dauðr, adj. half dead, Sturl. ii. 54, Magn. 530, Hkr. iii. 366. hálf-daufr, adj. half deaf. hálf-deigr, adj. damp. hálf-dimt, n. adj. half dark, in twilight. hálf-drættingr, m. a fisher-boy, who gets half the fish he catches, but not a full ‘hlutr.’ hálf-ermaðr, part. half sleeved, Sturl. iii. 306. hálf-etinn, part. half eaten, Al. 95. hálf-eyrir, m. half an ounce, Fms. x. 211. hálf-fallinn, part. half fallen, K. Á. 96; h. út sjór, of the tide. hálf-farinn, part. half gone. hálf-fertrugr, hálf-fimti, hálf-fimtugr, hálf-fjórði, see above (II). hálf-fífl, n. and hálf-fífla, u, f. half an idiot, Fms. vi. 218, Bs. i. 286. hálf-fjórðungr, m. half a fourth part, Bs. ii. 170. hálf-frosinn, part. half frozen. hálf-fúinn, part. half rotten. hálf-genginn, part. halving. hálf-gildi, n. half the value, Gþl. 392. hálf-gildr, adj. of half the value, N. G. L. hálf-gjalda, galt, to pay half, N. G. L. i. 174. hálf-grátandi, part. half weeping. hálf-gróinn, part. half healed. hálf-görr, part. half done, only half done, left half undone, Fms. ii. 62; litlu betr en hálfgört, Greg. 24. hálfgörðar-bóndi, a, m. a man who has to furnish half a levy, D. N. hálf-hélufall, n. a slight fall of rime, Gísl. 154. hálf-hlaðinn, part. half laden, Jb. 411. hálf-hneppt, n. adj. a kind of metre, Edda 139. hálf-hræddr, adj. half afraid. hálf-kirkja, u, f. a ‘half-kirk,’ = mod. annexía, an annex-church, district church, or chapel of ease, Vm. 126, H. E. i. 430, ii. 138, Am. 28, Pm. 41, Dipl. v. 19; distinction is made between al-kirkja, hálf-kirkja, and bæn-hús, a chapel. hálf-kjökrandi, part. half choked with tears. hálf-klæddr, part. half dressed. hálf-konungr, m. a half king, inferior king, Fms. i. 83. hálf-kveðinn, part. half uttered; skilja hálfkveðit orð, or hálfkveðna vísu = Lat. verbum sat, MS. 4. 7. hálf-launat, n. part. rewarded by half, Fms. ii. 62, Grág. i. 304. hálf-leypa, u, f. a half laupr (a measure), B. K. passim, hálf-leystr, part. half loosened, Greg. 55. hálf-lifandi, part. half alive, half dead, Mar. hálf-litr, adj. of a cloak, of two colours, one colour on each side, Fms. ii. 70, Fas. iii. 561, Sturl. ii. 32, iii. 112, Fær. 227, Bs. i. 434. hálf-ljóst, n. adj.; pá er hálfljóst var, in twilight, Sturl. iii. 193. hálf-lokaðr, part. half locked. hálf-mætti, n. ‘half might,’ opp. to omnipotence, Skálda 161. hálf-mörk, f. half a mark, Vm. 80, 126. hálf-nauðigr, adj. half reluctant, Fms. xi. 392. hálf-neitt, n. adj. ‘half-naught,’ trifling, Fas. i. 60. hálf-níð, n. half a lampoon, Fms. iii. 21. hálf-níræðr, see above (II). hálf-nýtr, adj. of half use, Rb. 86. hálf-opinn, adj. half open. hálf-prestr, m. a ‘half-priest,’ a chaplain to a hálfkirkja, Sturl. ii. 178. hálf-pund, n. half a pound, Gþl. 343. hálf-raddarstafr, m. a semivowel, Skálda 176, 178. hálf-reingr, a, m. a half scamp, Bs. i. 517. hálf-rétti, n. a law term (cp. fullrétti, p. 177), a slight, a personal affront or injury of the second degree, liable only to a half fine; e. g. hálfréttis-orð is a calumny in words that may be taken in both senses, good and bad; whereas fullréttis-orð is downright, unmistakable abuse, Grág. ii. 144; hence the phrases, mæla, göra hálfrétti við e-n, i. 156, 157, ii. 153. hálfréttis-eiðr, m. an oath of compurgation to be taken in a case of h., N. G. L. i. 352. hálfréttis-maðr, m. a man that has suffered hálfrétti, Gþl. 105, 200. hálfréttis-mál, n. a suit of a case of h., N. G. L. i. 314. hálf-róinn, part. having rowed half the way, half-way, Fms. viii. 312. hálf-róteldi, n., prob. corrupt, Fms. xi. 129. hálf-rými, n. a naut. term, half a cabin, one side of a ship’s cabin, Fms. viii. 138, ix. 33, x. 157, Hkr. i. 302. hálfrýmis-félagar, m. pl. messmates in the same h., Edda 108. hálfrýmis-kista, u, f. a chest or bench belonging to a h., Fms. viii. 85. hálf-rökit (-rökvit, -rökvat), n. adj. half twilight, in the evening, Grett. 137, 140 A; hálf-rökvat is the mod. form, which occurs in Grett. 79 new Ed., Jb. 176, Al. 54; vide rökvit. hálf-sagðr, part. half told; in the saying, jafnan er hálfsögð saga ef einn segir = audiatur et altera pars, Grett. 121. hálf-sextugr, see hálfr II. hálf-sjauræðr, adj. = hálfsjötugr, Stj. 48. hálf-sjötugr, see hálfr II. hálf-skiptr, part. = hálflitr, Fms. ii. 170, Sturl. iii. 112. hálf-sleginn, part. half mown, of a field. hálf-slitinn, part. half worn. hálf-sofandi, part. half asleep. hálf-sótt, n. part. half passed; hálfsótt haf, a half-crossed sea. hálf-systkin, n. pl. half brother and sister, cp. hálfbróðir. hálf-systur, f. pl. half sisters. hálf-tíræðr, see hálfr II. hálf-troll, n. half a giant, Eg. 1, Nj. 164 (a nickname). hálf-tunna, u, f. half a tun, Vm. 44. hálf-unninn, part. half done, Fas. ii. 339. hálf-vaxinn, part. half grown. hálf-vegis, adv. by halves. hálf-virði, n. half worth, Jb. 403, Glúm. 347, Sturl. ii. 132. hálf-visinn, part. and hálf-vista, adj. half withered, and medic. palsied on one side. hálf-viti, a, m. a half-witted man. hálf-votr, adj. half wet. hálf-vætt, f. half weight (a measure), Dipl. iv. 8, Fas. iii. 383. hálf-þrítugr, see hálfr II; spelt half-ðritogr, Js. 79. hálf-þurr, adj. half dry. hálf-þverrandi, part. half waning, Js. 732 (of the moon). hálf-þynna, u, f. a kind of small axe, Gþl. 103, 104, Lv. 35. hálf-ærinn, part. half sufficient, Fms. viii. 440. hálf-ærr, adj. half mad, Sks. 778.II. in mod. usage hálf is freq. used = rather, e. g. hálf-kalt, adj. rather cold: hálf-feginn, adj., eg er hálffeginn, I am rather glad: e-m er hálf-íllt, hálf-bumult, hálf-óglatt, n. adj. one feels rather ill: hálf-hungraðr, hálf-svangr, hálf-soltinn, hálf-þyrstr, adj. rather hungry, rather thirsty, etc., and in endless compds. -
12 anglicano
adj.Anglican.m.Anglican.* * *► adjetivo1 Anglican► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 Anglican\la Iglesia Anglicana the Anglican Church, the Church of England* * *(f. - anglicana)noun adj.* * *anglicano, -aADJ SM / F Anglican* * ** * *= Anglican.Ex. The largest part of the general book stock consists of the material on the Anglican communion = La mayor parte del fondo bibliográfico general consiste en material sobre la religión anglicana.----* Iglesia Anglicana, la = Anglican Church, the.* * ** * *= Anglican.Ex: The largest part of the general book stock consists of the material on the Anglican communion = La mayor parte del fondo bibliográfico general consiste en material sobre la religión anglicana.
* Iglesia Anglicana, la = Anglican Church, the.* * *anglicano -naadj/m,fEpiscopalian ( in US and Scotland), Anglican ( in UK)* * *
anglicano◊ -na adjetivo/ sustantivo masculino, femenino
Episcopalian ( in US and Scotland), Anglican ( in UK)
anglicano,-a adjetivo & sustantivo masculino y femenino Anglican
la Iglesia anglicana, the Anglican Church, the Church of England
' anglicano' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
anglicana
English:
Anglican
- vicar
* * *anglicano, -a Rel♦ adjAnglican♦ nm,fAnglican* * *I adj AnglicanII m, anglicana f Anglican* * *anglicano, -na adj & n: Anglican -
13 aller
aller [ale]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 9━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <• où vas-tu ? where are you going?• vas-y ! go on!• allons-y ! let's go!━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► aller se traduit souvent par un verbe plus spécifique en anglais.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► aller + préposition• je vais sur or vers Lille (en direction de) I'm going towards Lille ; (but du voyage) I'm going to Lille━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque être allé à/en signifie avoir visité, il se traduit par to have been to.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• étiez-vous déjà allés en Sicile ? had you been to Sicily before?• plus ça va, plus les gens s'inquiètent people are getting more and more worried• plus ça va, plus je me dis que j'ai eu tort the more I think about it, the more I realize how wrong I was► aller en + participe présentd. (état, santé) comment allez-vous ? how are you?• comment ça va ? -- ça va how are you doing? -- fine• comment vont les affaires ? -- elles vont bien how's business? -- finee. ( = convenir) ça ira comme ça ? is it all right like that?• aller bien ensemble [couleurs, styles] to go well together• ils vont bien ensemble [personnes] they make a nice couple• cette robe te va très bien (couleur, style) that dress really suits you ; (taille) that dress fits you perfectlyf. (exclamations) allons !• allez ! go on!• allez la France ! come on France!• allons, allons, il ne faut pas pleurer come on, don't cry• ce n'est pas grave, allez ! come on, it's not so bad!• va donc, eh crétin ! you stupid idiot! (inf)• allez-y, c'est votre tour go on, it's your turn• allez-y, vous ne risquez rien go on, you've nothing to lose• non mais vas-y, insulte-moi ! (inf) go on, insult me!► allons bon !• allons bon ! qu'est-ce qui t'est encore arrivé ? now what's happened?• allons bon, j'ai oublié mon sac ! oh dear, I've left my bag behind!► ça va ! (inf) ( = assez) that's enough! ; ( = d'accord) OK, OK! (inf)• tes remarques désobligeantes, ça va comme ça ! I've had just about enough of your nasty comments!• ça fait dix fois que je te le dis -- ça va, je vais le faire ! I've told you ten times -- look, I'll do it, OK? (inf)► va pour (inf)va pour 30 € ! OK, 30 euros then!• j'aimerais aller à Tokyo -- alors va pour Tokyo ! I'd like to go to Tokyo -- Tokyo it is then!2. <• ça y va le whisky chez eux ! they certainly get through a lot of whisky!• ça y allait les insultes ! you should have heard the abuse!3. <► aller + infinitifa. (futur)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque aller + infinitif sert à exprimer le futur, il se traduit par will + infinitif ; will est souvent abrégé en 'll.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► La forme du futur to be going to s'utilise pour mettre qn en garde.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━b. (intention) il est allé se renseigner he's gone to get some information ; (a obtenu les informations) he went and got some informationc. (locutions) n'allez pas vous imaginer que... don't you go imagining that...• allez savoir ! (inf) who knows?• va lui expliquer ça, toi ! you try explaining that to him!4. <a. ( = partir) to go• bon, je m'en vais right, I'm going• va-t'en ! go away!5. <b. ( = trajet) outward journey• l'aller et retour Paris-New York coûte 2 500 € Paris-New York is 2,500 euros return (Brit) or round-trip (US)• j'ai fait plusieurs allers et retours entre chez moi et la pharmacie I made several trips to the chemist's• le dossier a fait plusieurs allers et retours entre nos services the file has been shuttled between departments* * *
I
1. aleverbe auxiliaire1) ( marque le futur)ça va aller mal — (colloq) there'll be trouble
3) ( marque le mouvement)aller atterrir (colloq) sur mon bureau — to end up on my desk
4) ( marque l'inclination)5) ( marque l'évolution)
2.
verbe intransitif1) (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner)comment vas-tu, comment ça va? — how are you?
bois ça, ça ira mieux — drink this, you'll feel better
ça ne va pas très fort — ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low
ne pas aller sans peine or mal — not to be easy
ça va de soi or sans dire — it goes without saying
ça va tout seul — ( c'est facile) it's a doddle (colloq) GB, it's easy as pie
on fait aller — (colloq) struggling on (colloq)
ça peut aller — (colloq)
ça ira — (colloq) could be worse (colloq)
ça va pas, non (colloq) or la tête? — (colloq) are you mad (colloq) GB ou crazy? (colloq)
2) ( se déplacer) to goaller et venir — ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out
où vas-tu? — where are you going?, where are you off (colloq) to?
aller en Pologne/au marché — to go to Poland/to the market
aller sur or vers Paris — to head for Paris
j'y vais — ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars) (colloq) I'm going, I'm off (colloq)
où va-t-il? — where is he off to? (colloq)
où va-t-on? — (colloq)
où allons-nous? — (colloq) fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?
aller au pain — (colloq) to go and get the bread
aller aux courses (colloq) or commissions — (colloq) to go shopping
4) ( s'étendre dans l'espace)5) ( convenir)ma robe, ça va? — is my dress all right?
ça va, ça peut aller — (colloq) ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do
une soupe, ça (te) va? — how about some soup?
va pour une soupe — (colloq) soup is okay (colloq)
si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas — don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it
si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi — (colloq) if it's okay by you, it's okay by me (colloq)
ça te va bien de faire la morale — (colloq) iron you're hardly the person to preach
6) (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme)7) (flatter, mettre en valeur)je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble — I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited
8) ( se ranger) to go9) ( faculté)10) ( dans une évaluation)la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h — the car can do up to 200 kph
certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1000 francs — some models can cost up to 1,000 francs
11) ( en arriver à)12) ( dans le temps)13) (agir, raisonner)vas-y doucement, le tissu est fragile — careful, the fabric is delicate
vas-y, demande-leur! — ( incitation) go on, ask them!
vas-y, dis-le! — ( provocation) come on, out with it!
allons, allez! — (pour encourager, inciter) come on!
si tu vas par là, rien n'est entièrement vrai — if you take that line, nothing is entirely true
14) ( contribuer)15) (colloq) ( se succéder)16) ( servir)17) ( enfreindre)aller contre la loi — [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law
3.
s'en aller verbe pronominal1) (partir, se rendre)il faut que je m'en aille — I must go ou leave
2) ( disparaître)avec le temps, tout s'en va — everything fades with time
4) (avoir l'intention de, essayer)
4.
verbe impersonnel1) ( être en jeu)2) ( se passer)3) Mathématique
II alenom masculin1) ( trajet)j'ai pris le bus à l'aller — ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here
il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau — he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office
billet aller — gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket
billet aller (et) retour — return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US
2) ( ticket)aller (simple) — single (ticket) GB, one-way ticket ( pour to)
••
Lorsque aller fait partie d'une expression figée comme aller dans le sens de, aller de pair avec etc, l'expression est traitée sous l'entrée sens, pair etcOn notera les différentes traductions de aller verbe de mouvement indiquant: un déplacement unique dans le temps: je vais au théâtre ce soir = I'm going to the theatre [BrE] this evening; ou une habitude: je vais au théâtre tous les lundis = I go to the theatre [BrE] every Mondayaller + infinitifla traduction dépend du temps: je vais apprendre l'italien = I'm going to learn Italian; il est allé voir l'exposition = he went to see the exhibition; j'allais me marier quand la guerre a éclaté = I was going to get married when the war broke out; va voir = go and see; va leur parler = go and speak to them; j'irai voir l'exposition demain = I'll go and see the exhibition tomorrow; je vais souvent m'asseoir au bord de la rivière = I often go and sit by the river; il ne va jamais voir une exposition = he never goes to see exhibitionsOn notera que pour les activités sportives on peut avoir: aller nager/faire du vélo = to go swimming/cycling ou to go for a swim/on a bike rideOn trouvera ci-dessous des exemples et des exceptions illustrant aller dans ses différentes fonctions verbales* * *ale1. nm1) (= trajet) outward journeyL'aller nous a pris trois heures. — The journey there took us three hours., The outward journey took us three hours.
2) (= billet) single Grande-Bretagne ticket, one-way ticketJe voudrais un aller pour Angers. — I'd like a single to Angers.
2. vi1) (déplacement) to goJe suis allé à Londres. — I went to London.
Elle ira le voir. — She'll go and see him.
La boulangerie? Je dois justement y aller. — The baker's? That's just where I need to go.
2) (= convenir)aller à qn [couleur, style] — to suit sb, [forme, pointure] to fit sb, [dispositions, date] to suit sb
cela me va [couleur, vêtement] — it suits me, (pointure, taille) it fits me, [projet, dispositions] it suits me, that's OK by me
Cette robe te va bien. — That dress suits you.
aller avec qch [couleurs, style] — to go with sth
3) (= se sentir)"Comment allez-vous? " - - "Je vais bien." — "How are you?" - - "I'm fine."
Il va bien. — He's fine.
Il va mal. — He's not well.
4) (= marcher, se passer)comment ça va? — how are you?, how are things?
"ça va?" - - "oui ça va!" — "how are things?" - - "fine!"
allez! (encouragement) — go on!, (avec impatience) come on!
Allez! Dépêche-toi! — Come on, hurry up!
allez, au revoir — OK then, bye-bye
y aller; allons-y! — let's go!
Je dois y aller. — I've got to go.
Tu y vas un peu fort. — You're going a bit too far., You're going a bit far.
Nous sommes allés jusqu'à Angers. — We went as far as Angers.
J'irais jusqu'à dire qu'il est trop tard. — I would go so far as to say that it's too late.
se laisser aller — to let o.s. go
ça va de soi; ça va sans dire — that goes without saying
ça va comme ça (= c'est suffisant) — that's fine, (impatience) that's enough
3. vb auxJe vais le faire. — I'm going to do it.
Je vais me fâcher. — I'm going to get angry.
Je vais écrire à mes cousins. — I'm going to write to my cousins.
* * *I.aller ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: allerA v aux1 ( marque le futur) je vais partir I'm leaving; je vais rentrer chez moi/me coucher I'm going home/to bed; j'allais partir I was just leaving; j'allais partir quand il est arrivé I was about to leave when he arrived; l'homme qui allait inventer la bombe atomique the man who was to invent the atomic bomb; il allait le regretter he was to regret it; il va le regretter he'll regret it; elle va avoir un an she'll soon be one; il va faire nuit it'll soon be dark; ça va aller mal○ there'll be trouble; tu vas me laisser tranquille? will you please leave me alone!;2 ( marque le futur programmé) je vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; elle va peindre sa cuisine en bleu she's going to paint her kitchen blue; j'allais te le dire I was just going to tell you;3 ( marque le mouvement) aller rouler de l'autre côté de la rue to go rolling across the street; aller valser○ à l'autre bout de la pièce to go flying across the room; aller atterrir○ en plein champ/sur mon bureau to end up in the middle of a field/on my desk;4 (marque l'inclination, l'initiative) qu'est-ce que tu vas imaginer là? what a ridiculous idea!; va savoir! who knows?; va or allez (donc) savoir ce qui s'est passé who knows what happened?; qu'es-tu allé te mettre en tête? where did you pick up that idea?; qui irait le soupçonner? who would suspect him?; vous n'iriez pas leur dire ça? you're not going to go and say that, are you?; pourquoi es-tu allé faire ça? why did you have to go and do that?; n'allez pas croire une chose pareille! ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; allez y comprendre quelque chose! just try and work that out!;5 ( marque l'évolution) la situation va (en) se compliquant the situation is getting more and more complicated; aller (en) s'améliorant/s'aggravant to be improving/getting worse; la tristesse ira (en) s'atténuant the grief will diminish.B vi1 (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner) comment vas-tu, comment ça va? how are you?; ça va (bien) I'm fine; les enfants vont bien? are the children all right?; et ta femme/ton épaule, comment ça va? how's your wife/your shoulder?; comment va la santé? how are you keeping?; ça va la vie○? how's life○?; ça va les amours○? how's the love life going?; aller beaucoup mieux to be much better; bois ça, ça ira mieux drink this, you'll feel better; tout va bien pour toi? is everything going all right?; si tout va bien if everything goes all right; vous êtes sûr que ça va? are you sure you're all right?; les affaires vont bien/mal business is good/bad; ça va l'école? how are things at school?; ça ne va pas très fort or bien ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low; ça pourrait aller mieux, ça va plus ou moins ( réponse) so-so; ça va mal entre eux things aren't too good between them; qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? what's the matter?; la voiture a quelque chose qui ne va pas there's something wrong with the car; tout va pour le mieux everything's fine; tout est allé si vite! it all happened so quickly!; ne pas aller sans peine or mal not to be easy; ne pas aller sans hésitations to take some thinking about; ça va de soi or sans dire it goes without saying; ça devrait aller de soi it should be obvious; ainsi vont les choses that's the way it goes; ainsi va le monde that's the way of the world; ainsi allait la France this was the state of affairs in France; l'amour ne va jamais de soi love is never straightforward; ça va tout seul ( c'est facile) it's a doddle○ GB, it's as easy as pie; ça ne va pas tout seul it's not that easy, it's no picnic○; les choses vont très vite things are moving fast; on fait aller○ struggling on○; ça peut aller○, ça ira○ could be worse○; ça va pas, non○ or la tête○? are you mad○ GB ou crazy○?; ça va pas, non, de crier or gesticuler comme ça○? what's the matter with you, carrying on like that○?; ⇒ pis;2 ( se déplacer) to go; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; allez tout droit go straight ahead; aller et venir ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out; la liberté d'aller et venir the freedom to come and go at will; je préfère aller à pied/en avion I'd rather walk/fly; les nouvelles vont vite news travels fast; aller d'un pas rapide to walk quickly; je sais aller à bicyclette/cheval I can ride a bike/horse; où vas-tu? where are you going?, where are you off○ to?; je vais en Pologne I'm going to Poland; aller au marché/en ville to go to the market/into town; aller chez le médecin/dentiste to go to the doctor's/dentist's; va dans ta chambre go to your room; je suis allé de Bruxelles à Anvers I went from Brussels to Antwerp; je suis allé jusqu'en Chine/au marché ( et pas plus loin) I went as far as China/the market; ( et c'était loin) I went all the way to China/the market; je préfère ne pas y aller I'd rather not go; allons-y! let's go!; je l'ai rencontré en allant au marché I met him on the way to the market; aller vers le nord to head north; j'y vais ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars)○ I'm going, I'm off○; où va-t-il encore? where is he off to now○?; aller sur or vers Paris to head for Paris; où va-t-on○?, où allons-nous○? fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?; va donc, eh, abruti○! get lost○, you idiot!; ⇒ cruche;3 (pour se livrer à une activité, chercher un produit) aller à l'école/au travail to go to school/to work; aller à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishing; allez-vous à la piscine? do you go to the swimming pool?; il est allé au golf/tennis he's gone to play golf/tennis; aller aux champignons/framboises to go mushroom-/raspberry-picking; aller au pain○ to go and get the bread; dans quelle boulangerie allez-vous? which bakery do you go to?; aller aux courses○ or commissions○ to go shopping; aller au ravitaillement to go and stock up; aller aux nouvelles or informations to go and see if there's any news;4 ( s'étendre dans l'espace) la route va au village the road leads to the village; la rue va de la gare à l'église the street goes from the station to the church;5 ( convenir) ma robe/la traduction, ça va? is my dress/the translation all right?; ça va, ça ira○, ça peut aller○ ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do; ça va comme ça it's all right as it is; ça ne va pas du tout that's no good at all; ça ne va pas du tout, tu dois mettre une cravate you can't go like that, you have to wear a tie; la traduction n'allait pas the translation was no good; lundi ça (te) va? would Monday suit you ou be okay○?; une soupe, ça (te) va? how about some soup?; va pour une soupe○ soup is okay○; ça irait si on se voyait demain? would it it be all right if we met tomorrow?; ça va si je porte un jean? can I wear jeans?; si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it; si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi○ or ça me va○ if it's okay by you, it's okay by me○; ça n'irait pas du tout ( inacceptable) that would never do; ma scie ne va pas pour le métal my saw is no good for metal; ça te va bien de faire la morale/parler comme ça○ iron you're hardly the person to preach/make that sort of remark;6 (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme) aller à qn to fit sb; tes chaussures sont trop grandes, elles ne me vont pas your shoes are too big, they don't fit me; cette vis/clé ne va pas this screw/key doesn't fit;7 (flatter, mettre en valeur) aller à qn to suit sb; le rouge ne me va pas or me va mal red doesn't suit me; sa robe lui allait (très) bien her dress really suited her; le rôle t'irait parfaitement the part would suit you perfectly; ta cravate ne va pas avec ta chemise your tie doesn't go with your shirt; les tapis vont bien ensemble the rugs go together well; les meubles vont bien ensemble the furniture all matches; je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited;8 ( se ranger) to go; les assiettes vont dans le placard the plates go in the cupboard; la chaise pliante va derrière la porte de la cuisine the folding chair goes behind the kitchen door;9 ( faculté) pouvoir aller dans l'eau to be waterproof; le plat ne va pas au four the dish is not ovenproof;10 ( dans une évaluation) la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h the car can do up to 200 km/h; certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1 000 euros some models can cost up to 1,000 euros; une peine allant jusqu'à cinq ans de prison a sentence of up to five years in prison;11 ( en arriver à) aller jusqu'au président to take it right up to the president; aller jusqu'à mentir/tuer to go as far as to lie/kill; leur amour est allé jusqu'à la folie their love bordered on madness;12 ( dans le temps) aller jusqu'en 1914 to go up to 1914; pendant la période qui va du 8 février au 13 mars between 8 February and 13 March; la période qui va de 1918 à 1939 the period between 1918 and 1939; l'offre va jusqu'à jeudi the offer lasts until Thursday; le contrat allait jusqu'en 1997 the contract ran until 1997; va-t-on vers une nouvelle guerre? are we heading for another war?; aller sur ses 17 ans to be going on 17;13 (agir, raisonner) vas-y doucement or gentiment, le tissu est fragile careful, the fabric is delicate; ils n'y sont pas allés doucement avec les meubles○ they were rather rough with the furniture; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; vas-y, demande-leur! ( incitation) go on, ask them!; vas-y, dis-le! ( provocation) come on, out with it!; allons, allez! (pour encourager, inciter) come on!; j'y vais○ ( je vais agir) here we go!; si tu vas par là or comme ça, rien n'est entièrement vrai if you take that line, nothing is entirely true;14 ( contribuer) y aller de sa petite larme to shed a little tear; y aller de sa petite chanson to do one's party piece; y aller de ses économies to dip into one's savings; y aller de sa personne to pitch in; y aller de 100 euros Jeux to put in 100 euros;15 ○( se succéder) ça y va la vodka avec lui he certainly gets through the vodka; ça y allait les coups the fur was flying○;16 ( servir) où est allé l'argent? where has the money gone?; l'argent ira à la réparation de l'église the money will go toward(s) repairing the church; l'argent est allé dans leurs poches they pocketed the money;17 ( enfreindre) aller contre la loi [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law; je ne peux pas aller contre ce qu'il a décidé I can't go against his decision.C s'en aller vpr1 (partir, se rendre) il faut que je m'en aille I must go ou leave; je m'en vais en Italie cet été I'm going to Italy this summer; je m'en vais du Japon l'année prochaine I'll be leaving Japan next year; va-t'en! go away!; s'en aller faire les courses/en vacances/au travail to go off to do the shopping/on vacation/to work; ils s'en allaient chantant† they went off singing;2 ( disparaître) les nuages vont s'en aller the clouds will clear away; la tache ne s'en va pas the stain won't come out; avec le temps, tout s'en va everything fades with time; les années s'en vont the years go by;4 (avoir l'intention de, essayer) je m'en vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; ne t'en va pas imaginer une chose pareille ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; va-t'en savoir ce qu'il a voulu dire! who knows what he meant?D v impers1 ( être en jeu) il y va de ma réputation my reputation is at stake; il y va de ta santé your health is at stake, you're putting your health at risk;2 ( se passer) il en va souvent ainsi that's often what happens; tout le monde doit aider et il en va de même pour toi everyone must help, and that goes for you too; il en ira de même pour eux the same goes for them; il en va autrement en Corée things are different in Korea; il en ira de lui comme de ses prédécesseurs he'll go the same way as his predecessors;3 Math 40 divisé par 12 il y va 3 fois et il reste 4 12 into 40 goes 3 times with 4 left over.II.aller nm1 ( trajet) j'ai fait une escale à l'aller I made a stopover on the way out; j'ai pris le bus à l'aller ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here; l'aller a pris trois heures the journey there took three hours; il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office; je suis pressé, je ne fais que l'aller et le retour○ I'm in a hurry, I've just popped in○; billet aller gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket; billet aller (et) retour return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US;2 ( ticket) aller (simple) single (ticket); deux allers (pour) Lille two singles to Lille; aller (et) retour return ticket;I[ale] nom masculin1. [voyage] outward journeyfaire des allers et retours [personne, document] to go back and forth, to shuttle back and forthne faire qu'un ou que l'aller et retour: je vais à la banque mais je ne fais qu'un aller et retour I'm going to the bank, but I'll be right back2. [billet]3. (familier)aller et retour [gifle] slapII[ale] verbe auxiliaire1. (suivi de l'infinitif) [exprime le futur proche] to be going ou about totu vas tomber! you're going to fall!, you'll fall!attendez-le, il va arriver wait for him, he'll be here any minute nowj'allais justement te téléphoner I was just going to phone you, I was on the point of phoning you[pour donner un ordre]tu vas faire ce que je te dis, oui ou non? will you do as I say or won't you?2. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif] to gone va pas croire/penser que... don't go and believe/think that...tu ne vas pas me faire croire que tu ne savais rien! you can't fool me into thinking that you didn't know anything!allez expliquer ça à un enfant de 5 ans! try and explain ou try explaining that to a 5-year-old!3. [exprime la continuité] (suivi du gérondif)a. [tension] to be risingb. [nombre] to be rising ou increasing————————[ale] verbe intransitifA.[EXPRIME LE MOUVEMENT]1. [se déplacer] to goa. hurry up!b. [à un enfant] run along (now)!vous alliez à plus de 90 km/h [en voiture] you were driving at ou doing more than 90 km/ha. [de long en large] to pace up and downb. [entre deux destinations] to come and go, to go to and fro2. [se rendre - personne]aller à la mer/à la montagne to go to the seaside/mountainsa. [bâtiment] to go to the universityb. [institution] to go to university ou collegealler à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishingj'irai en avion/voiture I'll fly/drive, I'll go by plane/cartu n'iras plus chez eux, tu m'entends? you will not visit them again, do you hear me?aller en haut/bas to go up/down3. (suivi de l'infinitif) [pour se livrer à une activité]va te faire voir (très familier) ou te faire foutre! (vulgaire) get lost! ou (UK) stuffed! (très familier), go to hell!4. [mener - véhicule, chemin] to go7. [être remis]l'argent collecté ira à une œuvre the collection will go ou be given to a charityB.[S'ÉTENDRE]1. [dans l'espace]aller de... à...: leur propriété va de la rivière à la côte their land stretches from the river to the coasta. [vers le haut] to go ou to reach up tob. [vers le bas] to go ou to reach down toc. [en largeur, en longueur] to go to, to stretch as far as2. [dans le temps]aller de... à... to go from... to...aller jusqu'à [bail, contrat] to run till3. [dans une série]aller de... à... to go ou to range from... to...C.[PROGRESSER]1. [se dérouler]aller vite/lentement to go fast/slowplus ça va...: plus ça va, moins je comprends la politique the more I see of politics, the less I understand itplus ça va, plus je l'aime I love her more each day2. [personne]aller jusqu'à: j'irai jusqu'à 1.000 euros pour le fauteuil I'll pay ou go up to 1,000 euros for the armchairj'irais même jusqu'à dire que... I would even go so far as to say that...aller sur ou vers [approcher de]: il va sur ou vers la cinquantaine he's getting on for ou going on 50elle va sur ses cinq ans she's nearly ou almost five, she'll be five soonaller à la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failureoù va-t-on ou allons-nous s'il faut se barricader chez soi? what's the world coming to if people have to lock themselves in nowadays?D.[ÊTRE DANS TELLE OU TELLE SITUATION]1. [en parlant de l'état de santé]bonjour, comment ça va? — ça va hello, how are you? — all rightça va? [après un choc] are you all right?2. [se passer]les choses vont ou ça va mal things aren't too good ou aren't going too wellcomment ça va dans ton nouveau service? how are you getting on ou how are things in the new department?quelque chose ne va pas? is there anything wrong ou the matter?ça ne va pas tout seul ou sans problème it's not an ou it's no easy jobE.[EXPRIME L'ADÉQUATION]1. [être seyant]a. [taille d'un vêtement] to fit somebodyb. [style d'un vêtement] to suit somebodyle bleu lui va blue suits her, she looks good in bluecela te va à ravir ou à merveille that looks wonderful on you, you look wonderful in that2. [être en harmonie]j'ai acheté un chapeau pour aller avec ma veste I bought a hat to go with ou to match my jacketa. [couleurs, styles] to go well together, to matchb. [éléments d'une paire] to belong togetherils vont bien ensemble, ces deux-là! those two make quite a pair!je trouve qu'ils vont très mal ensemble I think (that) they're an ill-matched couple ou they make a very odd pair3. [convenir]tu veux de l'aide? — non, ça ira! do you want a hand? — no, I'll manage ou it's OK!tu ne rajoutes pas de crème? — ça ira comme ça don't you want to add some cream? — that'll do (as it is) ou it's fine like thisça ira pour aujourd'hui that'll be all for today, let's call it a dayaller à quelqu'un: on dînera après le spectacle — ça me va we'll go for dinner after the show — that's all right ou fine by me ou that suits me (fine)F.[LOCUTIONS]allez, un petit effort come on, put some effort into itallez, je m'en vais! right, I'm going now!zut, j'ai cassé un verre! — et allez (donc), le troisième en un mois! damn! I've broken a glass! — well done, that's the third in a month!allez-y! go on!, off you go!allons bon, j'ai perdu ma clef maintenant! oh no, now I've lost my key!allons bon, voilà qu'il recommence à pleurer! here we go, he's crying again!c'est mieux comme ça, va! it's better that way, you know!je t'aurai prévenu! — ça va, ça va! don't say I didn't warn you! — OK, OK!ça va comme ça hein, j'en ai assez de tes jérémiades! just shut up will you, I'm fed up with your moaning!y aller (familier) : une fois que tu es sur le plongeoir, il faut y aller! once you're on the diving board, you've got to jump!quand faut y aller, faut y aller when you've got to go, you've got to gocomme tu y vas (familier) /vous y allez (familier) : j'en veux 30 euros — comme tu y vas! I want 30 euros for it — isn't that a bit much?ça y va: (familier) ça y va, les billets de 10 euros! 10 euro notes are going as if there was no tomorrow!y aller de: aux réunions de famille, il y va toujours d'une ou de sa chansonnette every time there's a family gathering, he sings a little songil ou cela ou ça va de soi (que) it goes without saying (that)il ou cela ou ça va sans dire (que) it goes without saying (that)il en va de... comme de...: il en va de la littérature comme de la peinture it's the same with literature as with paintingil en va autrement: il en irait autrement si ta mère était encore là things would be very different if your mother was still heretout le monde est égoïste, si tu vas par là! everybody's selfish, if you look at it like that!————————s'en aller verbe pronominal intransitif1. [partir - personne] to go2. [se défaire, se détacher] to come undone4. [disparaître - tache] to come off, to go (away) ; [ - son] to fade away ; [ - forces] to fail ; [ - jeunesse] to pass ; [ - lumière, soleil, couleur] to fade (away) ; [ - peinture, vernis] to come offça s'en ira au lavage/avec du savon it'll come off in the wash/with soap5. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif] -
14 fjórðungr
(-s, -ar), m.1) the fourth part, quarter;fjórðungr rastar, a distance of about a mile;2) a weight = ten pounds;3) in Iceland, one of the Quarters into which the whole land was divided (Austfirðinga, Vestfirðinga, Norðlendinga, Sunnlendinga fjórðungr).* * *m., generally the fourth part, quarter, D. I. i. 470, Grág. i. 144; f. héraðsmanna, N. G. L. i. 352; f. rastar, the fourth part of a mile, Fms. viii. 63; fjórðungr vísu, the fourth part of a verse-system or stanza, = two lines, Edda (Ht.); hence fjórðunga-lok, n. the last quarter of a verse, Fms. vi. 387: a coin (cp. Engl. farthing), N. G. L. iii. ch. 13.3. a weight = ten pounds or twenty ‘merkr,’ Jb. 375, Grág. Kb. 232, Dipl. iii. 4, Grág. ii. 362: the law allows a person to bequeath the fourth part of his property, this is called fjórðungs-gjöf, f., Gþl. 270, cp. Jb., Dipl. v. 1.4. the Icel. tithe (tíund) was divided into four shares, each of them called ‘fjórðungr,’—to the poor, bishop, church, and priest, Grág., Tl., passim.II. in Norway counties were divided into fjórðungar quarters (þriðjungar ridings, sextungar sextants, áttungar octants, etc.), vide D. N.; hence fjórðungs-kirkja, a quarter church, parish church, N. G. L.; fjórðungs-maðr, a man from the same quarter or parish; fjórðungs-prestr, the priest of a fjórðungs-kirkja; fjórðungs-þing, the meeting of a f.; fjórðungs-korn, corn due to the priest, D. N., N. G. L., the statutes passim; fjórðungs-ból, a farm yielding a certain rent, and many others. Again, in Icel. the whole land was politically divided into quarters or fjórðungar (this division seems to have taken place A. D. 964, and exists up to the present time), thus, Austfirðinga-, Vestfirðinga-, Norðlendinga-, Sunnlendinga-fjórðungr, or east-, west-, north-, and south quarters; each of the quarters had three or four shires or þing, and each had a parliament called Fjórðungs-þing or Fjórðunga-þing, and a court called Fjórðungs-dómar, Quarter-courts, Eb. ch. 10, Landn. 2. 12; (it is uncertain whether the writer Eb. l. c. intended to make a distinction between Fjórðunga-þing and Fjórðungs-þing, denoting by the latter a ‘general quarter parliament,’ cp. also Landn. 150.)COMPDS: fjórðungamót, fjórðungaskipti, fjórðungshöfðingi, fjórðungsmenn, fjórðungssekt, fjórðungsúmagi. -
15 in
Präp.1. räumlich: (wo?) in, at; einer Stadt: in; einem kleineren Ort: auch at; (innerhalb) within; im Haus in(side) the house, indoors; im ersten Stock on the first (Am. second) floor; in der Kirche / Schule at (Am. auch in) church / school; Gebäude: in the church / school; im Theater at the theat|re (Am. auch -er); in England in England; waren Sie schon in England? have you ever been to England?; ich habe in München studiert I studied at (Am. in) Munich; im Kreis in a circle2. räumlich: (wohin?) into, in; in die Kirche / Schule to ( hinein: into the) church / school; in die Schweiz to Switzerland; gehen wir ins Haus let’s go indoors ( oder inside)3. zeitlich: in; (während) during; (innerhalb) within; Dauer: in drei Tagen in three days; in diesem / im letzten / nächsten Jahr this / last / next year; heute in acht Tagen a week (from) today; im Jahr 2003 in (the year) 2003; im ( Monat) Februar in (the month of) February; im Frühling / Herbst in (the) spring / autumn (bes. Am. fall); in der Nacht at night, during the night; in letzter Zeit lately4. Art und Weise: in größter Eile in a great rush; ich bin in Eile I’m in a hurry; in tiefer Trauer in Todesanzeigen: sadly missed by; wir sind in Sorge, dass... we are worried ( oder concerned) that...5. eine Situation bezeichnend: im Alter von at the age of; in Behandlung sein be having treatment; in Vorbereitung being prepared, in preparation, in the pipeline umg.; in einem Klub etc. sein be in a club etc., belong to a club etc.; in Biologie ist er schwach he’s not very good at biology—* * *in; within; into; at* * *ịn [ɪn]1. prep → auch im, inser ist Professor in St. Andrews — he is a professor at St. Andrews (University)
in die Schule/Kirche gehen — to go to school/church
er ist in der Schule/Kirche — he's at or in school/church
die Heizung in der Schule/Kirche — the heating in the school/church
2) (zeitlich: wann? +dat) inin diesem Jahr (laufendes Jahr) — this year; (jenes Jahr) (in) that year
heute/morgen in acht Tagen/zwei Wochen — a week/two weeks today/tomorrow
bis ins 18. Jahrhundert — into or up to the 18th century
vom 16. bis ins 18. Jahrhundert — from the 16th to the 18th century
bis ins 18. Jahrhundert zurück — back to the 18th century
3)in die hunderte or Hunderte gehen — to run into (the) hundreds
er macht jetzt in Gebrauchtwagen (inf) — he's in the second-hand car business now
sie hat es in sich (dat) (inf) — she's quite a girl
dieser Whisky hat es in sich (dat) (inf) — this whisky packs quite a punch (inf), this whisky has quite a kick (inf)
2. adj pred (inf)* * *1) at2) (state or occupation: The countries are at war; She is at work.) at3) (describing the position of a thing etc which is surrounded by something else: My mother is in the house; in London; in bed.) in4) (showing the direction of movement: He put his hand in his pocket.) in5) (describing the time at, after or within which something happens: in the morning; I'll be back in a week.) in6) (indicating amount or relative number: They arrived in large numbers.) in7) (expressing circumstances, state, manner etc of an event, person etc: dressed in a brown coat; walking in the rain; in a hurry; written in English; He is in the army; books tied up in bundles; She is in her sixties.) in8) (describing something which is fashionable or popular: Short skirts are in at the moment.) in9) (to or towards the inside of; to within: The eggs were put into the box; They disappeared into the mist.) into10) (expressing the idea of division: Two into four goes twice.) into11) on13) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) on14) (taking part in: He is on the committee; Which detective is working on this case?) on15) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) to16) under* * *in1[ɪn]sie wohnt \in Berlin she lives in Berlinbist du schon mal in New York gewesen? have you ever been to New York?ich arbeite seit einem Jahr \in dieser Firma I've been working for this company for a yearer war nie \in einer Partei he has never been a member of a partydu siehst \in diesem Kleid toll aus you look great in that dresses stand gestern \in der Zeitung it was in the newspaper yesterday\in der Kirche/Schule sein to be at church/schoolwir fahren \in die Stadt we're going into towner warf die Reste \in den Mülleimer he threw the leftovers in the bin\in die Kirche/Schule gehen to go to church/school\in die Mongolei/Schweiz to Mongolia/Switzerland\ins Theater gehen to go to the theatre\in einem Jahr bin ich 18 in a year I'll be 18\in diesem Augenblick at this moment\in diesem Jahr/Monat/Sommer this year/month/summerheute \in zwei Wochen two weeks todaywir haben bis \in die Nacht getanzt we danced until the early hoursbis \in das neunzehnte Jahrhundert hinein up to [or into] the nineteenth centurybis \in jds früheste Kindheit zurück back to sb's earliest childhooder ist Fachmann \in seinem Beruf he is an expert in his field\in Französisch haben wir eine Muttersprachlerin we have a native speaker in [or for] Frenchich habe mich \in ihm getäuscht I was wrong about himetw hat es \in sich sth has what it takesder Schnaps hat es \in sich the schnapps packs a punch, that's some schnapps!er handelt \in Textilien he deals in textileshaben Sie nichts \in Blau? haven't you got anything in blue?\in Schwierigkeiten sein [o stecken] to be in difficulties\in Vorbereitung sein to be being prepared\in Wirklichkeit in realityin2[ɪn]▪ \in sein to be indiese Musik ist gerade \in this kind of music is really in at the moment* * *I 1.1) (räumlich, fig.) inin Deutschland/der Schweiz — in Germany/Switzerland
in der Schule/Kirche — at school/church
in der Schule/Kirche steht noch eine alte Orgel — there's still an old organ in the school/church
2) (zeitlich) inin zwei Tagen/einer Woche — in two days/a week
[gerade] in dem Moment, als er kam — the [very] moment he came
in diesem Jahr/Monat — this/that year/month
3) (modal) inin Farbe/Schwarzweiß — in colour/black and white
in deutsch/englisch — in German/English
in Mathematik/Englisch — in mathematics/English
4) iner hat es in sich — (ugs.) he's got what it takes (coll.)
der Schnaps/diese Übersetzung hat es in sich — (ugs.) this schnapps packs a punch (coll.) /this translation is a tough one
5) (Kaufmannsspr.)2.in etwas handeln — deal in something; s. auch im
1) (räumlich, fig.) intoin die Stadt/das Dorf — into town/the village
in die Kirche/Schule gehen — go to church/school
2) (zeitlich) into3) (fig.)sich in jemanden verlieben — fall in love with somebody
IIin etwas einwilligen — agree or consent to something; s. auch ins
Adjektiv (ugs.)* * *in1 präpim Haus in(side) the house, indoors;im ersten Stock on the first (US second) floor;im Theater at the theatre (US auch -er);in England in England;waren Sie schon in England? have you ever been to England?;ich habe in München studiert I studied at (US in) Munich;im Kreis in a circle2. räumlich: (wohin?) into, in;in die Kirche/Schule to ( hinein: into the) church/school;in die Schweiz to Switzerland;gehen wir ins Haus let’s go indoors ( oder inside)in drei Tagen in three days;in diesem/im letzten/nächsten Jahr this/last/next year;heute in acht Tagen a week (from) today;im Jahr 2003 in (the year) 2003;im (Monat) Februar in (the month of) February;im Frühling/Herbst in (the) spring/autumn (besonders US fall);in der Nacht at night, during the night;in letzter Zeit lately4. Art und Weise:in größter Eile in a great rush;ich bin in Eile I’m in a hurry;in tiefer Trauer in Todesanzeigen: sadly missed by;wir sind in Sorge, dass … we are worried ( oder concerned) that …im Alter von at the age of;in Behandlung sein be having treatment;in Vorbereitung being prepared, in preparation, in the pipeline umg;in einem Klub etcin Biologie ist er schwach he’s not very good at biology6. WIRTSCH in;in2 adj; nur präd:in sein umg be in, be the fashion1. (Böttcher) cooper2. obs (Warenkontrolleur) etwa port inspector* * *I 1.1) (räumlich, fig.) inin Deutschland/der Schweiz — in Germany/Switzerland
in der Schule/Kirche — at school/church
in der Schule/Kirche steht noch eine alte Orgel — there's still an old organ in the school/church
2) (zeitlich) inin zwei Tagen/einer Woche — in two days/a week
[gerade] in dem Moment, als er kam — the [very] moment he came
in diesem Jahr/Monat — this/that year/month
3) (modal) inin Farbe/Schwarzweiß — in colour/black and white
in deutsch/englisch — in German/English
in Mathematik/Englisch — in mathematics/English
4) iner hat es in sich — (ugs.) he's got what it takes (coll.)
der Schnaps/diese Übersetzung hat es in sich — (ugs.) this schnapps packs a punch (coll.) /this translation is a tough one
5) (Kaufmannsspr.)2.in etwas handeln — deal in something; s. auch im
1) (räumlich, fig.) intoin die Stadt/das Dorf — into town/the village
in die Kirche/Schule gehen — go to church/school
2) (zeitlich) into3) (fig.)IIin etwas einwilligen — agree or consent to something; s. auch ins
Adjektiv (ugs.)* * *(... hinein) präp.into prep. (hellen) Scharen ausdr.in droves expr. (nach) Übersee adj.overseas adj. adj.on adj. präp.at prep.in prep.into prep. -
16 kanisa
------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kanisa[Swahili Plural] makanisa[English Word] chapel (Christian)[English Plural] chapels[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kanisa[Swahili Plural] makanisa[English Word] church[English Plural] churches[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6[Swahili Example] Alienda kanisani na akasali huko.[English Example] She went to church and she prayed there.------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kanisa[Swahili Plural] kanisa[English Word] church (Christian)[English Plural] churches[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10[Note] usually cl. 5/6------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kanisa[Swahili Plural] makanisa[English Word] mosque[English Plural] mosques[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6[Note] rare------------------------------------------------------------ -
17 отделям
1. separate, detach, disjoin, sever; set off/apart, mark off; dissociate, disconnect, disuniteотделям със завеса curtain offотделям с преграда partition offотделям със запетаи mark off by commasотделям със скоби set off by bracketsотделям плявата от житото divide chaff from grainотделям истината от лъжата distinguish truth from falsehood; winnow out the true from the falseотделям формата от съдържанието dissociate form from contentотделям църквата от държавата disestablish the churchикономиката не може да се отдели от политиката economy and politics cannot be divided2. (отбирам, избирам) pick (out), single out, select, chooseотделям най-едрите ябълки pick out the biggest apples3. (по-свещавам) devote, spare(определям, предназначавам) allot, allocate (to), earmark (for)отделям време за spare the time for; take time off to (do s.th.)можете ли да ми отделите пет минути? can you spare me five minutes?отделям средства set aside/apart funds, allocate fundsотделям сума за allocate a sum (to s.o., for s.th.)отделям пари allot money forотделям място за give/spare room for, (във вестник и пр.) devote/allocate space to4. (скътвам, пестя) put aside, saveотделям за черня дни put aside for a rainy day5. физиол. secrete(топлина, газове и пр,) evolve, release(излишни вещества) excrete, eliminate(течност) exude6. хим. liberateотделям син/дъщеря give a son/daughter his/her share of the propertyотделям ce7. move away (from); separate, get detached(за човек и) detach o.s., part, separate o.s. (from), leave s.o.'s side; cut loose; cut o.s. off (from)(за път) branch off(за предмет) get/become detached, detach itself(за горен пласт и пр.) come off/away, ( за кора) peel off(за плавателен сьд) отделям се от кей depart from a quay, put off (from a pier)отделям се от пристанището pull away from the quaysideотделям се от земята (за самолет) take off, leave the groundотделям се от семейството си separate o.'s from o.'s family, cut o.s. off from o.'s familyотделям се от обществото withdraw from/cut o.s. off from societотделям се от тълпа break away from/step out of a crowdотделям се от федерация secede from a federation8. (различавам се) be distinguished(изпъквам) stand outотделям се на фона на stand out against9. (очуждавам се) become estranged (from)10. (заживявам отделно от близките си) set up o.'s own home; set up a separate establishment; live on o.'s ownотделяме се set up house together11. (за учреждение) be organzed (as a separat institution)12. (за пара. газ и пр.) be given off, be liberated(във вид на пара, пот и пр.) transpire* * *отдѐлям,гл.1. separate, detach, disjoin, sever; dissever; set off/apart, mark off, dissociate, disconnect, disunite; \отделям истината от лъжата distinguish truth from falsehood; winnow out the true from the false; \отделям плявата от житото divide chaff from grain; sift the true from the false; \отделям с преграда partition/screen off; \отделям със завеса curtain off; \отделям със запетаи mark off by commas; \отделям със скоби set off by brackets; \отделям формата от съдържанието dissociate form from content; \отделям Църквата от държавата disestablish the church;3. ( посвещавам) devote, spare; ( определям, предназначавам) allot, allocate (to), earmark (for); \отделям време за spare the time for; take time off to (do s.th.); \отделям място за give/spare room for, ( във вестник и пр.) devote/allocate space to; \отделям от дохода си spare out of o.’s income (for); \отделям пари allot money for; \отделям средства set aside/apart funds, allocate funds;4. ( скътвам, пестя) put by/aside, save; \отделям за черни дни put aside for a rainy day; \отделям от залъка си stint o.s. of food (да in order to), pinch and scrape (in order to);5. физиол. secrete; ( топлина, газове и пр.) evolve, release, give off; emanate; emit; yield; ( пара, въздух) exhale; ( излишни вещества) excrete, eliminate; ( течност) exude;6. хим. liberate;\отделям се 1. move away (from); separate, get detached; (за човек и пр.) detach o.s., part, separate o.s. (from), leave s.o.’s side; cut loose; cut o.s. off (from); (за път) branch off; (за предмет) get/become detached, detach itself; (за горен пласт и пр.) come off/away; (за кора) peel off; не се \отделям от keep near; cling to; not leave s.o.’s side; не се отделяме един от друг keep up with each other; stick together; be inseparable; \отделям се от земята (за самолет) take off, leave the ground; (за плавателен съд) \отделям се от кей depart from a quay, put off (from a pier); \отделям се от обществото withdraw from/cut o.s. off from society; \отделям се от пристанището pull away from the quayside; \отделям се от тълпа break away from/step out of a crowd; \отделям се от федерация secede from a federation;2. ( различавам се) be distinguished; ( изпъквам) stand out; \отделям се на фона на stand out against;3. ( отчуждавам се) become estranged (from);4. ( заживявам отделно от близките си) set up o.’s own home; set up a separate establishment; live on o.’s own; отделяме се set up house together;5. (за учреждение) be organized (as a separate institution);6. (за пара, газ и пр.) be given off, be liberated; ( във вид на пара, пот и пр.) transpire; • \отделям син/дъщеря give a son/daughter his/her share of the property.* * *separate; disjoin{dis`djOin}; abstract; cull{kXl}; discharge; dissever{di`sevx}; divorce; educe (хим.); eject (физиол.); extract{iks`trEkt}; extricate (хим.); isolate (изолирам); lay aside (заделям); part{pa;t}; sort (сортирам); select (подбирам): отделям the best fruits - отделям най -добрите плодове; spare (време, внимание): Would you отделям me some time! - Би ли ми отделил малко време!; tear away; transpire; unyoke{`Xnyouk}* * *1. (no-свещавам) devote, spare 2. (във вид на пара, пот и пр.) transpire 3. (за горен пласт и пр.) come off/ away, (за кора) peel off 4. (за плавателен сьд): ОТДЕЛЯМ се от кей depart from a quay, put off (from a pier) 5. (за предмет) get/become detached, detach itself 6. (за път) branch off 7. (за човек и) detach o.s., part, separate o.s. (from), leave s.o.'s side;cut loose;cut o.s. off (from) 8. (заживявам отделно от близките си) set up o.'s own home;set up a separate establishment;live on o.'s own 9. (излишни вещества) excrete, eliminate 10. (изпъквам) stand out 11. (определям, предназначавам) allot, allocate (to), earmark (for) 12. (отбирам, избирам) pick (out), single out, select, choose 13. (очуждавам се) become estranged (from) 14. (различавам се) be distinguished 15. (скътвам, пестя) put aside, save 16. (течност) exude 17. (топлина, газове и пр,) evolve, release 18. 1 (за пара. газ и пр.) be given off, be liberated 19. 11 (за учреждение) be organzed (as a separat institution): 20. move away (from);separate, get detached 21. separate, detach, disjoin, sever;set off/apart, mark off;dissociate, disconnect, disunite 22. ОТДЕЛЯМ ce 23. ОТДЕЛЯМ време за spare the time for;take time off to (do s.th.) 24. ОТДЕЛЯМ за черня дни put aside for a rainy day 25. ОТДЕЛЯМ истината от лъжата distinguish truth from falsehood;winnow out the true from the false 26. ОТДЕЛЯМ място за give/spare room for, (във вестник и пр.) devote/allocate space to 27. ОТДЕЛЯМ най-едрите ябълки pick out the biggest apples 28. ОТДЕЛЯМ от дохода си spare out of o.'s income (for) 29. ОТДЕЛЯМ от залъка си stint o.s. of food (да in order to), pinch and scrape (in order to) 30. ОТДЕЛЯМ пари allot money for 31. ОТДЕЛЯМ плявата от житото divide chaff from grain 32. ОТДЕЛЯМ с преграда partition off 33. ОТДЕЛЯМ се на фона на stand out against 34. ОТДЕЛЯМ се от земята (за самолет) take off, leave the ground 35. ОТДЕЛЯМ се от общeството withdraw from/cut o.s. off from societ 36. ОТДЕЛЯМ се от пристанището pull away from the quayside 37. ОТДЕЛЯМ се от семейството си separate o.'s from o.'s family, cut o.s. off from o.'s family 38. ОТДЕЛЯМ се от тълпа break away from/step out of a crowd 39. ОТДЕЛЯМ се от федерация secede from a federation 40. ОТДЕЛЯМ син/дъщеря give a son/ daughter his/her share of the property 41. ОТДЕЛЯМ средства set aside/apart funds, allocate funds 42. ОТДЕЛЯМ сума за allocate a sum (to s.o., for s.th.) 43. ОТДЕЛЯМ със завеса curtain off 44. ОТДЕЛЯМ със запетаи mark off by commas 45. ОТДЕЛЯМ със скоби set off by brackets 46. ОТДЕЛЯМ формата от съдържанието dissociate form from content 47. ОТДЕЛЯМ църквата от държавата disestablish the church 48. ОТДЕЛЯМЕ ce set up house together 49. икономиката не може да се отдели от политиката economy and politics cannot be divided 50. можете ли да ми отделите пет минути? can you spare me five minutes? 51. не се ОТДЕЛЯМ от keep near;cling to;not leave s. o.'s side 52. не се ОТДЕЛЯМЕ едни от друг keep up with each other;stick together;be inseparable 53. физиол. secrete 54. хим. liberate -
18 aktiv
I Adj.1. (Ggs. passiv) Mitglied, Sportler, Leben, Mitarbeit etc.: active; politisch / sexuell aktiv politically / sexually active; aktiv sein be active; wirklich aktiv werden get one’s act together umg.; aktives Wahlrecht right to vote, suffrage; aktiver Wortschatz active vocabulary; ein aktives Mitglied der Church of England a practi|sing (Am. -cing) member of the Church of England2. BIO., CHEM., MED., PHYS. active, CHEM. auch activated3. WIRTS. Bilanz: favo(u)rable5. LING. Verb: activeII Adv. actively; aktiv mitarbeiten an (+ Dat) oder sich aktiv beteiligen an (+ Dat) take an active part in* * *das Aktiv(Grammatik) active voice; active* * *Ạk|tiv ['aktiːf]nt -s, (rare) -e[-və] (GRAM) active* * *2) ((busily) involved: She is an active supporter of women's rights.) active3) (causing an effect or effects: Yeast is an active ingredient in bread-making.) active4) ((of volcanoes) still likely to erupt.) active5) (of the form of a verb in which the subject performs the action of the verb: The dog bit the man.) active* * *Ak·tiv<-s, -e>[akˈti:f, pl -ti:və]* * *Idas; Aktivs, Aktive (Sprachw.) activeIIdas; Aktivs, Aktive od. Aktivs (bes. ehem. DDR) committee* * *A. adjpolitisch/sexuell aktiv politically/sexually active;aktiv sein be active;wirklich aktiv werden get one’s act together umg;aktives Wahlrecht right to vote, suffrage;aktiver Wortschatz active vocabulary;ein aktives Mitglied der Church of England a practising (US -cing) member of the Church of England4. Soldat, Truppe: regular;aktiver Dienst active dutyB. adv actively;aktiv mitarbeiten an (+dat) odersich aktiv beteiligen an (+dat) take an active part in* * *Idas; Aktivs, Aktive (Sprachw.) activeIIdas; Aktivs, Aktive od. Aktivs (bes. ehem. DDR) committee* * *adj.active adj.live adj. adv.actively adv. -
19 avant
avant [avɑ̃]━━━━━━━━━1. preposition2. adverb━━━━━━━━━1. <► avant de (+ infinitif) before► avant tout, avant toute chose ( = ce qui est le plus important) above all ; ( = tout d'abord) first• avant tout, il faut éviter la guerre above all war must be avoided2. <a. ( = auparavant) first• le voyage sera long, mangez avant it's going to be a long journey so have something to eat firstb. ( = autrefois)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adverbe avant signifie autrefois, cette notion est généralement exprimée en anglais par used to, qui est suivi de l'infinitif.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• avant, c'était très beau ici it used to be very beautiful here• avant, je n'aimais pas la physique I didn't use to like physicsd. (lieu) tu vois la boulangerie ? le fleuriste est juste avant you see the baker's? the florist's is just this side of it• en avant, marche ! forward march!• partez en avant, on vous rejoindra you go on ahead, we'll catch up with you3. <a. ( = partie antérieure) [d'avion, voiture, train] front ; [de navire] bowsb. ( = joueur) forward4. <( = antérieur) front* * *
I
1. avɑ̃1) ( dans le temps) gén before, beforehand; ( d'abord) first2) ( dans l'espace) beforetu vois l'église, j'habite (juste) avant — can you see the church? I live (just) before it
refuser de s'engager plus avant — lit to refuse to go any further; fig to refuse to get any more involved
3) ( dans une hiérarchie) before
2.
1) ( dans le temps) beforeavant mon départ/retour — before I leave/come back
avant le 1er juillet — by 1 July
2) ( dans l'espace) before3) ( dans une hiérarchie) beforefaire passer quelqu'un/quelque chose avant quelqu'un/quelque chose — to put somebody/something before somebody/something
3.
avant de locution prépositive
4.
avant que locution conjonctive
5.
en avant locution adverbiale forward(s)se pencher/faire un pas en avant — to lean/to take a step forward(s)
en avant, marche! — Armée forward march!
en avant toute! — Nautisme, fig full steam ahead!
en avant la musique! — (colloq) off we go!
mettre quelqu'un/quelque chose en avant — to put somebody/something forward
6.
en avant de locution prépositive ahead of [groupe]
II
1. avɑ̃adjectif invariable [roue, siège, patte] front
2.
nom masculin1) ( partie antérieure)
••
Lorsque avant est adverbe il se traduit par before sauf lorsqu'il signifie ‘en premier lieu, d'abord’; il se traduit alors par first: si tu prends la route, mange quelque chose avant = if you're going to drive, have something to eat firstLorsque avant est préposition il se traduit par before sauf dans le cas où une limite de temps est précisée; il se traduit alors par by: à retourner avant le 30 mars = to be returned by 30 Marchavant entre dans la composition de nombreux mots qui s'écrivent avec un trait d'union ( avant-hier, avant-guerre, avant-coureur etc). Ces mots sont des entrées à part et on les trouvera dans la nomenclature du dictionnaire. Utilisé avant un nom pour désigner une période précédant un événement ou l'avènement d'une personne il se traduit par pre- et forme alors un groupe adjectival que l'on fait suivre du nom approprié: l'avant-1945/l'avant-Thatcher/l'avant-sommet = the pre-1945 period/the pre-Thatcher era/the pre-summit discussions* * *avɑ̃1. prép2. adv3. adj inv4. nm1) [véhicule] frontà l'avant — in the front, in front
2) SPORT (= joueur) forwardaller de l'avant — to steam ahead, to make good progress
en avant — forward, forwards Grande-Bretagne
Il a fait un pas en avant. — He took a step forward.
avant que (avec subjonctif) ; avant qu'il ne parte; avant qu'il parte — before he leaves
avant qu'il ne pleuve; avant qu'il pleuve — before it rains
avant tout (= surtout) — above all
* * *I.avant ⇒ Note d'usageA adv1 ( dans le temps) gén before, beforehand; ( d'abord) first; que faisait-il avant what was he doing before?; tu n'aurais pas pu le dire avant? couldn't you have said so before(hand)?; si j'avais su cela avant j'aurais… if I'd known that before(hand) I would have…; quelques heures/jours avant a few hours/days before; la nuit/la semaine/le mois avant the night/the week/the month before; peu avant not long before (that); bien avant long before; le bus/train d'avant the previous bus/train; les locataires d'avant the previous tenants; le cours/la séance d'avant the previous lesson/performance; repose-toi avant tu partiras ensuite rest first and then go; laquelle de ces lettres veux-tu que je tape avant? which of these letters would you like me to type first?; avant nous n'avions pas l'électricité we didn't have electricity before; aussitôt avant just before; j'avais compris longtemps avant I had understood a long time before; ce n'était pas ce lundi mais celui d'avant it was not this Monday but the previous one; la fois d'avant nous nous étions déjà perdus we got lost the last time as well; j'ai vu le film mais pas l'émission d'avant I saw the film GB ou movie US but not the programmeGB before it;2 ( dans l'espace) before; tu vois l'église, j'habite (juste) avant can you see the church? I live (just) before it; ‘c'est avant l'église?’-‘oui juste avant’ ‘is it before the church?’-‘yes just before it’; il l'a mentionné avant dans l'introduction he mentioned it earlier in the introduction; je crois que la dame était avant I think this lady was first; il est inutile de creuser plus avant lit, fig there's no point in digging any further; refuser de s'engager plus avant lit to refuse to go any further; fig to refuse to get any more involved;3 ( dans une hiérarchie) before; le T vient avant T comes before; son travail passe avant his work comes first.B prép1 ( dans le temps) before; partir/arriver avant qn to leave/to arrive before sb, to leave/to arrive before sb does; avant mon départ/retour before I leave/come back; les enfants avant les adultes children before adults; je suis partie avant la fin I left before the end; avant l'ouverture/la fermeture des magasins before the shops GB ou stores US open/close; peu avant minuit shortly before midnight; ne viens pas avant 5 heures don't come before 5 o'clock; rentrer avant la nuit/le dîner to come back before nightfall/dinner; la situation d'avant la crise/révolution the situation before the crisis/revolution; avant le 1er juillet by 1 July; le travail doit être fini avant l'été/la fin de l'année/19 heures the work must be completed by the summer/the end of the year/7 pm; j'aurai fini avant une semaine/un mois I'll have finished within a week/a month; nous partons à 11 heures, avant cela je vais travailler un peu we're leaving at 11, I'm going to do a bit of work before then; avant peu shortly; vous serez informé avant peu des nouvelles consignes you will be informed of the new orders shortly; bien/peu avant 16 heures well/a little before 4 pm; bien avant ta naissance long ou well before you were born ; avant toute explication/considération before explaining/considering anything; avant déduction/impôt before deductions/tax;2 ( dans l'espace) before; avant le croisement/la poste before the crossing/the post office; bien/juste avant le pont well/just before the bridge; j'étais avant vous I was in front of ou before you; ⇒ charrue;3 ( dans une hiérarchie) before; le grade de capitaine vient avant celui de colonel the rank of captain comes before that of colonel; faire passer qn/qch avant qn/qch to put sb/sth before sb/sth; avant tout, avant toute chose ( surtout) above all; ( d'abord) first and foremost; il recherche avant tout la tranquillité above all he wants peace and quiet; il s'agit avant tout de comprendre le principe above all, it is a matter of understanding the principle; je suis avant tout un peintre I am first and foremost a painter.C en avant loc adv1 ( dans l'espace) forward(s); se pencher/faire un pas en avant to lean/to take a step forward(s); faire deux pas en avant to take two steps forward(s); partir en avant to go ahead; en avant!, en avant la musique○! off we go!; en avant, marche! Mil, fig forward march!; en avant toute! Naut, fig full steam ahead!; mettre qch en avant to put sth forward; mettre en avant le fait que to point out the fact that; mettre qn en avant to put sb forward; se mettre en avant to push oneself forward;2 ( dans le temps) ahead.D avant de loc prép avant de faire before doing; réfléchis avant de prendre ta décision think about it before making a decision ou before you make a decision; c'est juste avant d'arriver dans le village it's just before you get to the village; agiter avant de servir shake before serving.E avant que loc conj avant qu'il ne soit trop tard/qu'elle ne dise non before it's too late/she says no; essaie de rentrer avant qu'il ne fasse nuit try to come back before dark; il est parti un jour avant que je n'arrive he left one day before I arrived; le gouvernement a démissionné avant que la révolte n'éclate the government resigned before the rebellion broke out.II.B nm1 ( partie antérieure) l'avant the front; tout l'avant du véhicule est à refaire the whole of the front of the vehicle will have to be repaired; à l'avant in (the) front; à l'avant du train [passager, locomotive] at the front of the train; à l'avant du bateau at the front of the boat; d'avant en arrière backward(s) and forward(s); aller de l'avant to forge ahead; aller de l'avant dans ses projets to forge ahead with one's plans; c'est une femme qui va de l'avant she's very go-ahead;[avɑ̃] préposition1. [dans le temps] beforeil est arrivé avant la nuit/le dîner he arrived before nightfall/dinneravant son élection prior to her election, before being electedpeu avant les élections a short while ou time before the elections2. [dans l'espace] before3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] beforevous êtes avant moi [dans une file d'attente] you're before meleur équipe est maintenant avant la nôtre dans le classement général their team is now ahead of us in the leagueje place le travail avant tout le reste I put work above ou before everything elseta santé passe avant ta carrière your health is more important than ou comes before your career————————[avɑ̃] adverbe1. [dans le temps] beforeavant, j'avais plus de patience avec les enfants I used to be more patient with childrenla maison est comme avant the house has remained the same ou is the same as it was (before)quand j'ai un rendez-vous, j'aime arriver un peu avant when I'm due to meet someone, I like to get there a little ahead of timediscuter/lire bien avant dans la nuit to talk/to read late into the night2. [dans l'espace]vous voyez le parc? il y a un restaurant juste avant see the park? there's a restaurant just before it ou this side of itsans entrer ou aller plus avant dans les détails without going into any further ou more detail3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie]————————[avɑ̃] adjectif invariable[saut périlleux, roulade] forward[roue, siège, partie] front————————[avɑ̃] nom masculin1. [d'un véhicule] front[au volley] frontline playerjouer avant droit/gauche to play right/left forwardla ligne des avants, les avants the forward line, the forwards3. MILITAIRE————————avant de locution prépositionnelleavant de partir, il faudra... before leaving, it'll be necessary to...je ne signerai rien avant d'avoir vu les locaux I won't sign anything until ou before I see the premises————————avant que locution conjonctiveavant qu'il comprenne, celui-là! by the time he's understood!————————avant que de locution prépositionnelle————————avant tout locution adverbiale1. [surtout]2. [tout d'abord] firstavant tout, je voudrais vous dire ceci first (and foremost), I'd like to tell you thisavant toute chose locution adverbialeavant toute chose, je vais prendre une douche I'll have a shower before I do anything else————————d'avant locution adjectivalele jour/le mois d'avant the previous day/month, the day/month beforeen avant locution adverbiale[marcher] in front[partir] ahead[se pencher, tomber, bondir] forwarda. [pour se protéger] to use somebody as a shieldb. [pour le faire valoir] to push somebody forward ou to the fronten avant de locution prépositionnelle -
20 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.
См. также в других словарях:
Church of the Holy Sepulchre, Warminghurst — Church of the Holy Sepulchre The former church from the east … Wikipedia
Church of the Covenant (Boston) — Church of the Covenant. The Church of the Covenant (a merger of Central Congregational Church and First Presbyterian Church) is a Boston, Massachusetts, landmark, built in 1865 1867 by the Central Congregational Church and now affiliated with the … Wikipedia
Church of St Bartholomew, Crewkerne — Church of St Bartholomew Location: Crewkerne, Somerset, England Coordinates … Wikipedia
Church of the East (disambiguation) — The Church of the East, or Nestorian Church, is a Christian church that formerly spread widely across Asia. Church of the East or Nestorian Church may also refer to: Assyrian Church of the East, the part of the Church of the East that remained… … Wikipedia
Church of St Demetrius of Thessaloniki, Veliko Tarnovo — Coordinates: 43°5′16″N 25°38′54″E / 43.08778°N 25.64833°E / 43.08778; 25.64833 … Wikipedia
church tower — noun the tower of a church (Freq. 1) • Hypernyms: ↑tower • Part Holonyms: ↑church, ↑church building … Useful english dictionary
Church History — Ecclesiastical History † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Ecclesiastical History I. NATURE AND OFFICE Ecclesiastical history is the scientific investigation and the methodical description of the temporal development of the Church… … Catholic encyclopedia
Church of England — Supreme Governor Queen Elizabeth II Primate Rowan Williams (Archbishop of Canterbury) … Wikipedia
Church Music — Ecclesiastical Music † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Ecclesiastical Music By this term is meant the music which, by order or with the approbation of ecclesiastical authority, is employed in connexion with Divine service to promote the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Church of St. Luke and The Epiphany (Philadelphia) — Church of St. Luke and The Epiphany Church of St. Luke and The Epiphany … Wikipedia
Church Army Chapel, Blackheath — Drawing by E.T. Spashett General information Architectural style Modern … Wikipedia
